1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 20 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 21 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 22 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 23 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 24 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 25 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 26 27 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 28 29 using namespace clang; 30 using namespace CodeGen; 31 32 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 33 llvm::Value *Array, 34 llvm::Value *Value, 35 unsigned FirstIndex, 36 unsigned LastIndex) { 37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 41 } 42 } 43 44 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 45 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 46 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 47 } 48 49 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 50 51 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 52 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 53 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 54 if (!RD) 55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 56 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 57 } 58 59 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 60 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 61 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 62 if (!RT) 63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 64 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 65 } 66 67 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 68 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 69 } 70 71 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 72 return CGT.getContext(); 73 } 74 75 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 76 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 77 } 78 79 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 80 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 81 } 82 83 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 84 return CGT.getTarget(); 85 } 86 87 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 88 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 89 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 90 switch (TheKind) { 91 case Direct: 92 OS << "Direct Type="; 93 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 94 Ty->print(OS); 95 else 96 OS << "null"; 97 break; 98 case Extend: 99 OS << "Extend"; 100 break; 101 case Ignore: 102 OS << "Ignore"; 103 break; 104 case InAlloca: 105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 106 break; 107 case Indirect: 108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 111 break; 112 case Expand: 113 OS << "Expand"; 114 break; 115 } 116 OS << ")\n"; 117 } 118 119 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 120 121 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 122 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 123 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 124 // Verified for: 125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 129 // AArch64 Linux 130 return 32; 131 } 132 133 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 136 // x86_stdcall 137 // MIPS 138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 139 return false; 140 } 141 142 void 143 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 147 // dynamic. 148 Opt = "-l"; 149 Opt += Lib; 150 } 151 152 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 153 154 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 155 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 156 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 157 bool AllowArrays) { 158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 159 return true; 160 161 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 162 163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 165 if (AllowArrays) 166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 167 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 168 return true; 169 FT = AT->getElementType(); 170 } 171 172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 173 if (!RT) 174 return false; 175 176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 177 // 178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 179 // current ABI. 180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 181 return false; 182 183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 184 } 185 186 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 187 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 188 /// considered empty. 189 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 191 if (!RT) 192 return 0; 193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 195 return false; 196 197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 201 return false; 202 203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 205 return false; 206 return true; 207 } 208 209 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 210 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 211 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 212 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 213 /// considered single element structs. 214 /// 215 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 216 /// it exists. 217 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 219 if (!RT) 220 return nullptr; 221 222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 224 return nullptr; 225 226 const Type *Found = nullptr; 227 228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 231 // Ignore empty records. 232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 233 continue; 234 235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 236 if (Found) 237 return nullptr; 238 239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 240 // cannot be a single element struct. 241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 242 if (!Found) 243 return nullptr; 244 } 245 } 246 247 // Check for single element. 248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 249 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 250 251 // Ignore empty fields. 252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 253 continue; 254 255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 256 // struct. 257 if (Found) 258 return nullptr; 259 260 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 263 break; 264 FT = AT->getElementType(); 265 } 266 267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 268 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 269 } else { 270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 271 if (!Found) 272 return nullptr; 273 } 274 } 275 276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 277 // padding beyond the element type. 278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 279 return nullptr; 280 281 return Found; 282 } 283 284 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 285 // Treat complex types as the element type. 286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 287 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 288 289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 294 return false; 295 296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 298 } 299 300 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 301 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 302 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 303 /// inhibiting optimizations. 304 /// 305 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 306 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 307 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 308 // capable of handling it. 309 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 310 // We can only expand structure types. 311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 312 if (!RT) 313 return false; 314 315 // We can only expand (C) structures. 316 // 317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 320 return false; 321 322 uint64_t Size = 0; 323 324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 326 return false; 327 328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 331 if (FD->isBitField()) 332 return false; 333 334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 335 } 336 337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 339 return false; 340 341 return true; 342 } 343 344 namespace { 345 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 346 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 347 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 348 /// conform to any particular ABI. 349 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 350 public: 351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 352 353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 355 356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 361 } 362 363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 365 }; 366 367 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 368 public: 369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 371 }; 372 373 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 375 return nullptr; 376 } 377 378 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 381 382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 385 386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 388 } 389 390 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 391 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 393 394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 396 397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 400 401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 403 } 404 405 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 406 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 407 // 408 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 409 // are always passed on the stack. 410 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 411 412 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 413 public: 414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 415 416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 418 419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 422 }; 423 424 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 425 public: 426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 428 }; 429 430 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 433 434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 436 } 437 438 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 440 return nullptr; 441 } 442 443 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 444 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 455 } 456 457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 459 } 460 461 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 462 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 464 465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 468 469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 472 473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 475 } 476 477 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 478 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 483 } 484 485 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 486 StringRef Constraint, 487 llvm::Type* Ty) { 488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 490 // Invalid MMX constraint 491 return nullptr; 492 } 493 494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 495 } 496 497 // No operation needed 498 return Ty; 499 } 500 501 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 502 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 503 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 504 505 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 506 struct CCState { 507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {} 508 509 unsigned CC; 510 unsigned FreeRegs; 511 unsigned StackOffset; 512 bool UseInAlloca; 513 }; 514 515 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 516 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 517 enum Class { 518 Integer, 519 Float 520 }; 521 522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 523 524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 526 bool IsWin32StructABI; 527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 528 529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 531 } 532 533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 534 535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 538 539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 540 541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 543 544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 548 549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 550 /// inalloca. 551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 552 553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 555 QualType Type) const; 556 557 public: 558 559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 562 563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 564 unsigned r) 565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 567 }; 568 569 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 570 public: 571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 574 575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 577 578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 580 581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 584 return 4; 585 } 586 587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 588 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 589 590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 591 StringRef Constraint, 592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 594 } 595 596 llvm::Constant * 597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 600 ('F' << 16) | 601 ('T' << 24); 602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 603 } 604 605 }; 606 607 } 608 609 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 610 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 611 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 612 ASTContext &Context) const { 613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 614 615 // Type must be register sized. 616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 617 return false; 618 619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 621 // registers. 622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 623 return false; 624 625 return true; 626 } 627 628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 629 // member function pointer it is ok. 630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 633 return true; 634 635 // Arrays are treated like records. 636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 638 639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 641 if (!RT) return false; 642 643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 644 645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 646 // passed in a register. 647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 648 // Empty fields are ignored. 649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 650 continue; 651 652 // Check fields recursively. 653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 654 return false; 655 } 656 return true; 657 } 658 659 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 661 // integer register. 662 if (State.FreeRegs) { 663 --State.FreeRegs; 664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 665 } 666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 667 } 668 669 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 670 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 672 673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 677 678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 680 // backend will like. 681 if (Size == 128) 682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 684 685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 690 Size)); 691 692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 693 } 694 695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 696 } 697 698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 703 } 704 705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 708 709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 710 // in a register. 711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 713 714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 718 // quality of the generated IR. 719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 723 724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 725 // padding. 726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 727 } 728 729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 730 } 731 732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 735 736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 738 } 739 740 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 742 } 743 744 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 746 if (!RT) 747 return 0; 748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 749 750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 754 return false; 755 756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 757 QualType FT = i->getType(); 758 759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 760 return true; 761 762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 763 return true; 764 } 765 766 return false; 767 } 768 769 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 770 unsigned Align) const { 771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 774 return 0; // Use default alignment. 775 776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 780 } 781 782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 785 return 16; 786 787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 788 } 789 790 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 791 CCState &State) const { 792 if (!ByVal) { 793 if (State.FreeRegs) { 794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 796 } 797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 798 } 799 800 // Compute the byval alignment. 801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 803 if (StackAlign == 0) 804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 805 806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 807 // argument. 808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 810 } 811 812 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 814 if (!T) 815 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 816 817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 820 return Float; 821 } 822 return Integer; 823 } 824 825 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 826 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 827 NeedsPadding = false; 828 Class C = classify(Ty); 829 if (C == Float) 830 return false; 831 832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 834 835 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 836 return false; 837 838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 839 State.FreeRegs = 0; 840 return false; 841 } 842 843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 844 845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) { 846 if (Size > 32) 847 return false; 848 849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 850 return true; 851 852 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 853 return true; 854 855 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 856 return true; 857 858 if (State.FreeRegs) 859 NeedsPadding = true; 860 861 return false; 862 } 863 864 return true; 865 } 866 867 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 868 CCState &State) const { 869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 872 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 879 } 880 881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 882 if (IsWin32StructABI) 883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 884 885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 888 } 889 890 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 893 894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 896 bool NeedsPadding; 897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 902 } 903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 904 905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 908 // optimizations. 909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType); 913 914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 915 } 916 917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 925 Size)); 926 } 927 928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 930 931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 932 } 933 934 935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 937 938 bool NeedsPadding; 939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 940 941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 942 if (InReg) 943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 945 } 946 if (InReg) 947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 949 } 950 951 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 954 State.FreeRegs = 2; 955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 957 else 958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 959 960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 962 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 963 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 964 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 965 if (State.FreeRegs) { 966 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 967 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 968 } 969 } 970 971 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 972 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 973 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 974 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 975 } 976 977 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 978 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 979 if (UsedInAlloca) 980 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 981 } 982 983 void 984 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 985 unsigned &StackOffset, 986 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 987 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 988 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 989 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 990 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 991 992 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 993 // byte aligned. 994 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 995 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 996 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 997 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 998 assert(NumBytes); 999 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1000 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1001 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1002 } 1003 } 1004 1005 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1006 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1007 1008 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1009 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1010 1011 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1012 1013 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1014 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1015 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1016 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1017 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1018 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1019 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1020 } 1021 1022 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1023 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1024 if (FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall) 1025 ++I; 1026 1027 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1028 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1029 1030 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1031 switch (I->info.getKind()) { 1032 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1033 assert(I->info.getIndirectByVal()); 1034 break; 1035 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1036 continue; 1037 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1038 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1039 if (I->info.getInReg()) 1040 continue; 1041 break; 1042 default: 1043 break; 1044 } 1045 1046 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1047 } 1048 1049 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1050 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1051 } 1052 1053 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1054 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1055 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1056 1057 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1058 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1059 "ap"); 1060 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1061 1062 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1063 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1064 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1065 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1066 if (Align > 4) { 1067 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1068 llvm::Value *Offset = 1069 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1070 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1071 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1072 CGF.Int32Ty); 1073 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1074 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1075 Addr->getType(), 1076 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1077 } 1078 1079 llvm::Type *PTy = 1080 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1081 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1082 1083 uint64_t Offset = 1084 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1085 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1086 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1087 "ap.next"); 1088 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1089 1090 return AddrTyped; 1091 } 1092 1093 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1094 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1095 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1096 1097 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1098 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1099 break; 1100 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1101 return false; 1102 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1103 return true; 1104 } 1105 1106 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1107 return true; 1108 1109 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1110 case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX: 1111 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1112 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1113 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1114 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1115 return true; 1116 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1117 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) { 1118 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment: 1119 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus: 1120 case llvm::Triple::GNU: 1121 case llvm::Triple::MSVC: 1122 return true; 1123 default: 1124 return false; 1125 } 1126 default: 1127 return false; 1128 } 1129 } 1130 1131 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1132 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1133 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1134 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1135 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1136 // Get the LLVM function. 1137 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1138 1139 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1140 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1141 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1142 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1143 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1144 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1145 B)); 1146 } 1147 } 1148 } 1149 1150 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1151 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1152 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1153 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1154 1155 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1156 1157 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1158 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1159 // 8 is %eip. 1160 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1161 1162 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1163 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1164 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1165 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1166 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1167 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1168 1169 } else { 1170 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1171 // reason. 1172 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1173 1174 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1175 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1176 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1177 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1178 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1179 } 1180 1181 return false; 1182 } 1183 1184 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1185 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1186 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1187 1188 1189 namespace { 1190 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1191 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1192 enum Class { 1193 Integer = 0, 1194 SSE, 1195 SSEUp, 1196 X87, 1197 X87Up, 1198 ComplexX87, 1199 NoClass, 1200 Memory 1201 }; 1202 1203 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1204 /// 1205 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1206 /// classification \arg Field. 1207 /// 1208 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1209 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1210 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1211 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1212 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1213 1214 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1215 /// 1216 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1217 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1218 /// 1219 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1220 /// the classification process. 1221 /// 1222 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1223 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1224 /// 1225 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1226 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1227 /// 1228 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1229 1230 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1231 /// given type T should be passed. 1232 /// 1233 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1234 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1235 /// 1236 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1237 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1238 /// 1239 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1240 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1241 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1242 /// 1243 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1244 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1245 /// 1246 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1247 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1248 /// will be Memory. 1249 /// 1250 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1251 /// 1252 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1253 /// also be ComplexX87. 1254 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1255 bool isNamedArg) const; 1256 1257 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1258 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1259 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1260 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1261 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1262 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1263 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1264 1265 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1266 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1267 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1268 1269 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1270 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1271 /// 1272 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1273 /// available. 1274 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1275 1276 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1277 1278 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1279 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1280 unsigned &neededInt, 1281 unsigned &neededSSE, 1282 bool isNamedArg) const; 1283 1284 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1285 1286 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1287 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1288 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1289 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1290 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1291 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1292 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1293 } 1294 1295 bool HasAVX; 1296 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1297 // 64-bit hardware. 1298 bool Has64BitPointers; 1299 1300 public: 1301 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1302 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1303 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1304 } 1305 1306 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1307 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1308 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1309 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1310 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1311 if (info.isDirect()) { 1312 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1313 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1314 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1315 } 1316 return false; 1317 } 1318 1319 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1320 1321 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1322 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1323 }; 1324 1325 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1326 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1327 1328 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const; 1329 1330 public: 1331 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1332 1333 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1334 1335 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1336 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1337 }; 1338 1339 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1340 public: 1341 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1342 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 1343 1344 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1345 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1346 } 1347 1348 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1349 return 7; 1350 } 1351 1352 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1353 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1354 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1355 1356 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1357 // 16 is %rip. 1358 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1359 return false; 1360 } 1361 1362 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1363 StringRef Constraint, 1364 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1365 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1366 } 1367 1368 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1369 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1370 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1371 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1372 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1373 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1374 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1375 // defines varargs anyway. 1376 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1377 bool HasAVXType = false; 1378 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1379 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1380 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1381 HasAVXType = true; 1382 break; 1383 } 1384 } 1385 1386 if (!HasAVXType) 1387 return true; 1388 } 1389 1390 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1391 } 1392 1393 llvm::Constant * 1394 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1395 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1396 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1397 ('F' << 16) | 1398 ('T' << 24); 1399 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1400 } 1401 1402 }; 1403 1404 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1405 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1406 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1407 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1408 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1409 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1410 return ArgStr; 1411 } 1412 1413 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1414 public: 1415 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1416 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1417 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1418 1419 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1420 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1421 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1422 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1423 } 1424 1425 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1426 llvm::StringRef Value, 1427 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1428 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1429 } 1430 }; 1431 1432 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1433 public: 1434 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1435 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 1436 1437 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1438 return 7; 1439 } 1440 1441 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1442 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1443 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1444 1445 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1446 // 16 is %rip. 1447 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1448 return false; 1449 } 1450 1451 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1452 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1453 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1454 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1455 } 1456 1457 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1458 llvm::StringRef Value, 1459 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1460 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1461 } 1462 }; 1463 1464 } 1465 1466 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1467 Class &Hi) const { 1468 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1469 // 1470 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1471 // memory. 1472 // 1473 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1474 // memory. 1475 // 1476 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1477 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1478 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1479 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1480 // 1481 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1482 // 1483 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1484 // only with unions; for example: 1485 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1486 // 1487 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1488 // 1489 if (Hi == Memory) 1490 Lo = Memory; 1491 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1492 Lo = Memory; 1493 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1494 Lo = Memory; 1495 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1496 Hi = SSE; 1497 } 1498 1499 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1500 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1501 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1502 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1503 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1504 // 1505 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1506 // 1507 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1508 // the other class. 1509 // 1510 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1511 // class. 1512 // 1513 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1514 // INTEGER. 1515 // 1516 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1517 // MEMORY is used as class. 1518 // 1519 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1520 1521 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1522 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1523 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1524 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1525 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1526 return Accum; 1527 if (Field == Memory) 1528 return Memory; 1529 if (Accum == NoClass) 1530 return Field; 1531 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1532 return Integer; 1533 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1534 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1535 return Memory; 1536 return SSE; 1537 } 1538 1539 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1540 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1541 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1542 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1543 // situations. 1544 1545 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1546 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1547 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1548 1549 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1550 1551 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1552 Current = Memory; 1553 1554 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1555 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1556 1557 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1558 Current = NoClass; 1559 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1560 Lo = Integer; 1561 Hi = Integer; 1562 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1563 Current = Integer; 1564 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1565 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1566 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1567 Current = SSE; 1568 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1569 Lo = X87; 1570 Hi = X87Up; 1571 } 1572 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1573 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1574 return; 1575 } 1576 1577 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1578 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1579 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1580 return; 1581 } 1582 1583 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1584 Current = Integer; 1585 return; 1586 } 1587 1588 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1589 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers) 1590 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1591 else 1592 Current = Integer; 1593 return; 1594 } 1595 1596 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1597 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1598 if (Size == 32) { 1599 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1600 // float> as integer. 1601 Current = Integer; 1602 1603 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1604 // split. 1605 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1606 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1607 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1608 Hi = Lo; 1609 } else if (Size == 64) { 1610 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1611 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1612 return; 1613 1614 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1615 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1616 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1617 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1618 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1619 Current = Integer; 1620 else 1621 Current = SSE; 1622 1623 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1624 // split. 1625 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1626 Hi = Lo; 1627 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1628 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1629 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1630 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1631 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1632 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1633 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1634 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1635 // 1636 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1637 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1638 // variadic function. 1639 Lo = SSE; 1640 Hi = SSEUp; 1641 } 1642 return; 1643 } 1644 1645 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1646 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1647 1648 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1649 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1650 if (Size <= 64) 1651 Current = Integer; 1652 else if (Size <= 128) 1653 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1654 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1655 Current = SSE; 1656 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1657 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1658 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1659 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1660 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1661 Current = ComplexX87; 1662 1663 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1664 // should be split. 1665 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1666 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1667 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1668 Hi = Lo; 1669 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 1673 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1674 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1675 1676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1677 1678 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1679 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1680 if (Size > 256) 1681 return; 1682 1683 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1684 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1685 // 1686 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1687 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1688 return; 1689 1690 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1691 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1692 Current = NoClass; 1693 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1694 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1695 1696 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1697 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1698 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1699 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1700 return; 1701 1702 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1703 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1704 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1705 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1706 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1707 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1708 break; 1709 } 1710 1711 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1712 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1713 return; 1714 } 1715 1716 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1717 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1718 1719 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1720 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1721 if (Size > 256) 1722 return; 1723 1724 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1725 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1726 // reference. 1727 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1728 return; 1729 1730 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1731 1732 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1733 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1734 return; 1735 1736 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1737 1738 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1739 Current = NoClass; 1740 1741 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1742 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1743 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1744 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1745 "Unexpected base class!"); 1746 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1747 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1748 1749 // Classify this field. 1750 // 1751 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1752 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1753 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1754 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1755 uint64_t Offset = 1756 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1757 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1758 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1759 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1760 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1761 break; 1762 } 1763 } 1764 1765 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1766 unsigned idx = 0; 1767 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1768 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1769 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1770 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1771 1772 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1773 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1774 // 1775 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1776 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1777 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1778 // 1779 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1780 Lo = Memory; 1781 return; 1782 } 1783 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 1784 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 1785 Lo = Memory; 1786 return; 1787 } 1788 1789 // Classify this field. 1790 // 1791 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 1792 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 1793 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 1794 // NO_CLASS. 1795 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1796 1797 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 1798 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 1799 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 1800 if (BitField) { 1801 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 1802 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 1803 continue; 1804 1805 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1806 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 1807 1808 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 1809 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 1810 1811 if (EB_Lo) { 1812 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 1813 FieldLo = NoClass; 1814 FieldHi = Integer; 1815 } else { 1816 FieldLo = Integer; 1817 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 1818 } 1819 } else 1820 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1821 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1822 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1823 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1824 break; 1825 } 1826 1827 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1828 } 1829 } 1830 1831 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 1832 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1833 // place naturally. 1834 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1835 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1836 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1837 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1838 1839 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1840 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1841 } 1842 1843 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 1844 } 1845 1846 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1847 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1848 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 1849 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 1850 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 1851 return true; 1852 } 1853 1854 return false; 1855 } 1856 1857 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 1858 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 1859 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1860 // place naturally. 1861 // 1862 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 1863 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 1864 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 1865 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 1866 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 1867 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 1868 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1869 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1870 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1871 1872 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1873 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1874 } 1875 1876 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 1877 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 1878 1879 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 1880 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 1881 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 1882 1883 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 1884 // is important for good codegen. 1885 // 1886 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 1887 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 1888 // 1889 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 1890 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 1891 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 1892 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 1893 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 1894 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 1895 // might be inreg. 1896 // 1897 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 1898 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 1899 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 1900 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 1901 // 1902 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 1903 // attributes. See PR12193. 1904 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 1905 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1906 1907 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 1908 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 1909 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 1910 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1911 Size)); 1912 } 1913 1914 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 1915 } 1916 1917 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 1918 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 1919 /// vector register. 1920 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1921 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 1922 1923 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 1924 // strip them off if present. 1925 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 1926 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 1927 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 1928 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 1929 } 1930 1931 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 1932 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 1933 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 1934 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 1935 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 1936 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 1937 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 1938 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 1939 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 1940 return VT; 1941 } 1942 1943 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 1944 } 1945 1946 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 1947 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 1948 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 1949 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 1950 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 1951 /// 1952 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 1953 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 1954 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 1955 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 1956 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 1957 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 1958 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 1959 if (TySize <= StartBit) 1960 return true; 1961 1962 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1963 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1964 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1965 1966 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 1967 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 1968 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 1969 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 1970 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 1971 1972 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 1973 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 1974 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 1975 return false; 1976 } 1977 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 1978 return true; 1979 } 1980 1981 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1982 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1983 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1984 1985 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 1986 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1987 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1988 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1989 "Unexpected base class!"); 1990 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1991 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1992 1993 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 1994 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1995 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 1996 1997 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 1998 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 1999 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2000 return false; 2001 } 2002 } 2003 2004 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2005 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2006 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2007 // much. 2008 unsigned idx = 0; 2009 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2010 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2011 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2012 2013 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2014 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2015 2016 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2017 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2018 Context)) 2019 return false; 2020 } 2021 2022 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2023 // clean. 2024 return true; 2025 } 2026 2027 return false; 2028 } 2029 2030 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2031 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2032 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2033 /// false. 2034 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2035 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2036 // Base case if we find a float. 2037 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2038 return true; 2039 2040 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2041 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2042 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2043 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2044 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2045 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2046 } 2047 2048 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2049 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2050 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2051 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2052 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2053 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2054 } 2055 2056 return false; 2057 } 2058 2059 2060 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2061 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2062 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2063 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2064 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2065 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2066 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2067 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2068 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2069 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2070 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2071 2072 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2073 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2074 // case. 2075 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2076 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2077 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2078 2079 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2080 } 2081 2082 2083 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2084 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2085 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2086 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2087 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2088 /// etc). 2089 /// 2090 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2091 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2092 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2093 /// 2094 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2095 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2096 /// 2097 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2098 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2099 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2100 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2101 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2102 if (IROffset == 0) { 2103 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2104 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2105 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2106 return IRType; 2107 2108 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2109 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2110 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2111 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2112 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2113 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2114 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2115 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2116 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2117 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2118 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2119 2120 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2121 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2122 return IRType; 2123 } 2124 } 2125 2126 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2127 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2128 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2129 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2130 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2131 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2132 2133 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2134 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2135 } 2136 } 2137 2138 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2139 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2140 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2141 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2142 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2143 SourceOffset); 2144 } 2145 2146 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2147 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2148 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2149 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2150 2151 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2152 2153 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2154 // isn't larger than the structure. 2155 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2156 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2157 } 2158 2159 2160 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2161 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2162 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2163 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2164 /// return {i32*, float}. 2165 static llvm::Type * 2166 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2167 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2168 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2169 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2170 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2171 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2172 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2173 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2174 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2175 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2176 2177 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2178 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2179 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2180 // struct. 2181 if (HiStart != 8) { 2182 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2183 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2184 // Promote these to a larger type. 2185 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2186 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2187 else { 2188 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2189 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); 2194 2195 2196 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2197 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2198 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2199 return Result; 2200 } 2201 2202 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2203 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2204 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2205 // classification algorithm. 2206 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2207 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2208 2209 // Check some invariants. 2210 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2211 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2212 2213 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2214 switch (Lo) { 2215 case NoClass: 2216 if (Hi == NoClass) 2217 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2218 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2219 // null. 2220 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2221 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2222 break; 2223 2224 case SSEUp: 2225 case X87Up: 2226 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2227 2228 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2229 // hidden argument. 2230 case Memory: 2231 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2232 2233 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2234 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2235 case Integer: 2236 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2237 2238 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2239 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2240 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2241 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2242 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2243 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2244 2245 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2246 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2247 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2248 } 2249 break; 2250 2251 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2252 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2253 case SSE: 2254 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2255 break; 2256 2257 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2258 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2259 case X87: 2260 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2261 break; 2262 2263 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2264 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2265 // %st1. 2266 case ComplexX87: 2267 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2268 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2269 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2270 NULL); 2271 break; 2272 } 2273 2274 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2275 switch (Hi) { 2276 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2277 // never occur as a hi class. 2278 case Memory: 2279 case X87: 2280 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2281 2282 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2283 case NoClass: 2284 break; 2285 2286 case Integer: 2287 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2288 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2290 break; 2291 case SSE: 2292 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2293 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2294 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2295 break; 2296 2297 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2298 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2299 // vector register. 2300 // 2301 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2302 case SSEUp: 2303 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2304 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2305 break; 2306 2307 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2308 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2309 case X87Up: 2310 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2311 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2312 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2313 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2314 if (Lo != X87) { 2315 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2316 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2317 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2318 } 2319 break; 2320 } 2321 2322 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2323 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2324 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2325 if (HighPart) 2326 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2327 2328 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2329 } 2330 2331 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2332 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2333 bool isNamedArg) 2334 const 2335 { 2336 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2337 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2338 2339 // Check some invariants. 2340 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2341 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2342 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2343 2344 neededInt = 0; 2345 neededSSE = 0; 2346 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2347 switch (Lo) { 2348 case NoClass: 2349 if (Hi == NoClass) 2350 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2351 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2352 // null. 2353 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2354 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2355 break; 2356 2357 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2358 // on the stack. 2359 case Memory: 2360 2361 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2362 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2363 case X87: 2364 case ComplexX87: 2365 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2366 ++neededInt; 2367 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2368 2369 case SSEUp: 2370 case X87Up: 2371 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2372 2373 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2374 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2375 // and %r9 is used. 2376 case Integer: 2377 ++neededInt; 2378 2379 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2380 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2381 2382 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2383 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2384 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2385 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2386 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2387 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2388 2389 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2390 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2391 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2392 } 2393 2394 break; 2395 2396 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2397 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2398 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2399 case SSE: { 2400 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2401 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2402 ++neededSSE; 2403 break; 2404 } 2405 } 2406 2407 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2408 switch (Hi) { 2409 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2410 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2411 // which is passed in memory. 2412 case Memory: 2413 case X87: 2414 case ComplexX87: 2415 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2416 2417 case NoClass: break; 2418 2419 case Integer: 2420 ++neededInt; 2421 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2422 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2423 2424 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2425 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2426 break; 2427 2428 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2429 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2430 case X87Up: 2431 case SSE: 2432 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2433 2434 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2435 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2436 2437 ++neededSSE; 2438 break; 2439 2440 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2441 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2442 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2443 case SSEUp: 2444 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2445 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2446 break; 2447 } 2448 2449 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2450 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2451 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2452 if (HighPart) 2453 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2454 2455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2456 } 2457 2458 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2459 2460 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2461 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2462 2463 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2464 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2465 2466 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2467 // integer register. 2468 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2469 --freeIntRegs; 2470 2471 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic(); 2472 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0; 2473 if (isVariadic) 2474 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs(); 2475 2476 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2477 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2478 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2479 it != ie; ++it) { 2480 bool isNamedArg = true; 2481 if (isVariadic) 2482 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) < 2483 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs); 2484 2485 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2486 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2487 neededSSE, isNamedArg); 2488 2489 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2490 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2491 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2492 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2493 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2494 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2495 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2496 } else { 2497 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2498 } 2499 } 2500 } 2501 2502 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2503 QualType Ty, 2504 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2505 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2506 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2507 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2508 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2509 2510 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2511 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2512 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2513 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2514 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2515 if (Align > 8) { 2516 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2517 llvm::Value *Offset = 2518 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2519 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2520 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2521 CGF.Int64Ty); 2522 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2523 overflow_arg_area = 2524 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2525 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2526 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2527 } 2528 2529 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2530 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2531 llvm::Value *Res = 2532 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2533 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2534 2535 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2536 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2537 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2538 // an 8 byte boundary. 2539 2540 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2541 llvm::Value *Offset = 2542 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2543 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2544 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2545 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2546 2547 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2548 return Res; 2549 } 2550 2551 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2552 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2553 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2554 // struct { 2555 // i32 gp_offset; 2556 // i32 fp_offset; 2557 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2558 // i8* reg_save_area; 2559 // }; 2560 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2561 2562 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2563 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2564 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2565 2566 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2567 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2568 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2569 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2570 2571 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2572 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2573 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2574 2575 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2576 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2577 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2578 // 2579 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2580 // register save space). 2581 2582 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2583 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2584 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2585 if (neededInt) { 2586 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2587 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2588 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2589 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2590 } 2591 2592 if (neededSSE) { 2593 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2594 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2595 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2596 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2597 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2598 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2599 } 2600 2601 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2602 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2603 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2604 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2605 2606 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2607 2608 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2609 2610 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2611 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2612 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2613 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2614 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2615 // 2616 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2617 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2618 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2619 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2620 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2621 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2622 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2623 "reg_save_area"); 2624 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2625 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2626 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2627 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2628 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2629 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2630 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2631 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2632 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2633 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2634 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2635 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2636 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2637 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2638 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2639 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2640 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2641 llvm::Value *V = 2642 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2643 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2644 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2645 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2646 2647 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2648 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2649 } else if (neededInt) { 2650 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2651 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2652 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2653 2654 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2655 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2656 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2657 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2658 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2659 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2660 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2661 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2662 RegAddr = Tmp; 2663 } 2664 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2665 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2666 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2667 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2668 } else { 2669 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2670 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2671 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2672 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2673 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2674 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2675 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2676 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2677 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL); 2678 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2679 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2680 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2681 DblPtrTy)); 2682 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2683 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2684 DblPtrTy)); 2685 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2686 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2687 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2688 } 2689 2690 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2691 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2692 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2693 if (neededInt) { 2694 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2695 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2696 gp_offset_p); 2697 } 2698 if (neededSSE) { 2699 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2700 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2701 fp_offset_p); 2702 } 2703 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2704 2705 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2706 2707 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2708 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2709 2710 // Return the appropriate result. 2711 2712 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2713 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2714 "vaarg.addr"); 2715 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2716 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2717 return ResAddr; 2718 } 2719 2720 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const { 2721 2722 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2723 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2724 2725 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2726 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2727 2728 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2729 2730 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2731 if (RT) { 2732 if (!IsReturnType) { 2733 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2734 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2735 } 2736 2737 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2738 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2739 2740 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2741 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2742 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2743 Size)); 2744 } 2745 2746 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2747 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2748 // directly. 2749 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2750 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2751 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2752 } 2753 2754 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2755 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2756 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2757 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size)) 2758 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2759 2760 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2761 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 2762 } 2763 2764 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2765 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2766 2767 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2768 } 2769 2770 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2771 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2772 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true); 2773 2774 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 2775 I.info = classify(I.type, false); 2776 } 2777 2778 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2779 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2780 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 2781 2782 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2783 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 2784 "ap"); 2785 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 2786 llvm::Type *PTy = 2787 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 2788 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 2789 2790 uint64_t Offset = 2791 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 2792 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 2793 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 2794 "ap.next"); 2795 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 2796 2797 return AddrTyped; 2798 } 2799 2800 namespace { 2801 2802 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 2803 public: 2804 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2805 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 2806 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 2807 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2808 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2809 private: 2810 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 2811 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 2812 }; 2813 2814 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2815 public: 2816 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2817 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 2818 }; 2819 2820 } 2821 2822 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2823 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 2824 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2825 else 2826 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2827 } 2828 2829 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2830 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2831 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 2832 // is unuspported. 2833 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2834 } 2835 2836 2837 // PowerPC-32 2838 namespace { 2839 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 2840 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 2841 public: 2842 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 2843 2844 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2845 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2846 }; 2847 2848 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2849 public: 2850 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 2851 2852 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2853 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2854 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2855 } 2856 2857 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2858 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2859 }; 2860 2861 } 2862 2863 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2864 QualType Ty, 2865 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2866 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 2867 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore. 2868 (void)CTy; 2869 return nullptr; 2870 } 2871 2872 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; 2873 bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType(); 2874 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 2875 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 2876 2877 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2878 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr"); 2879 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty); 2880 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1)); 2881 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr); 2882 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3)); 2883 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 2884 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4)); 2885 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 2886 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr"); 2887 // Align GPR when TY is i64. 2888 if (isI64) { 2889 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 2890 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1)); 2891 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 2892 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR); 2893 } 2894 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr"); 2895 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area"); 2896 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 2897 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area"); 2898 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 2899 2900 llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 2901 Builder.getInt8(8), "cond"); 2902 2903 llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 2904 Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 2905 2906 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty)); 2907 2908 if (Ty->isFloatingType()) 2909 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32)); 2910 2911 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs"); 2912 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow"); 2913 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont"); 2914 2915 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow); 2916 2917 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs); 2918 2919 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 2920 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy); 2921 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes. 2922 if (isInt) { 2923 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1)); 2924 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr); 2925 } else { 2926 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 2927 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr); 2928 } 2929 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 2930 2931 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow); 2932 2933 // Increase the overflow area. 2934 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy); 2935 OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 2936 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr); 2937 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 2938 2939 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont); 2940 2941 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 2942 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs); 2943 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow); 2944 2945 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) { 2946 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr") ; 2947 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr"); 2948 } 2949 2950 return Result; 2951 } 2952 2953 bool 2954 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2955 llvm::Value *Address) const { 2956 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 2957 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 2958 2959 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2960 2961 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 2962 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 2963 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 2964 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 2965 2966 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 2967 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 2968 2969 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 2970 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 2971 2972 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 2973 // 64: mq 2974 // 65: lr 2975 // 66: ctr 2976 // 67: ap 2977 // 68-75 cr0-7 2978 // 76: xer 2979 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 2980 2981 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 2982 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 2983 2984 // 109: vrsave 2985 // 110: vscr 2986 // 111: spe_acc 2987 // 112: spefscr 2988 // 113: sfp 2989 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 2990 2991 return false; 2992 } 2993 2994 // PowerPC-64 2995 2996 namespace { 2997 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 2998 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 2999 public: 3000 enum ABIKind { 3001 ELFv1 = 0, 3002 ELFv2 3003 }; 3004 3005 private: 3006 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3007 ABIKind Kind; 3008 3009 public: 3010 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3011 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3012 3013 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3014 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3015 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3016 uint64_t &Members) const; 3017 3018 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3019 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3020 3021 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3022 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3023 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3024 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3025 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3026 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3027 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3028 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3029 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3030 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3031 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3032 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3033 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3034 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3035 if (T) { 3036 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3037 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3038 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3039 QualType QT(T, 0); 3040 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3041 continue; 3042 } 3043 } 3044 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3045 } 3046 } 3047 3048 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3049 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3050 }; 3051 3052 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3053 public: 3054 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3055 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3056 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3057 3058 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3059 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3060 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3061 } 3062 3063 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3064 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3065 }; 3066 3067 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3068 public: 3069 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3070 3071 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3072 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3073 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3074 } 3075 3076 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3077 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3078 }; 3079 3080 } 3081 3082 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3083 // extended to 64 bits. 3084 bool 3085 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3086 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3087 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3088 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3089 3090 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3091 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3092 return true; 3093 3094 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3095 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3096 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3097 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3098 case BuiltinType::Int: 3099 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3100 return true; 3101 default: 3102 break; 3103 } 3104 3105 return false; 3106 } 3107 3108 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3109 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3110 bool 3111 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3112 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3113 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3114 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3115 3116 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3117 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3118 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3119 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3120 3121 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3122 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3123 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3124 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3125 if (EltType) { 3126 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3127 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3128 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3129 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3130 AlignAsType = EltType; 3131 } 3132 3133 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3134 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3135 uint64_t Members = 0; 3136 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3137 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3138 AlignAsType = Base; 3139 3140 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3141 if (AlignAsType) 3142 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3143 3144 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3145 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3146 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3147 return true; 3148 3149 return false; 3150 } 3151 3152 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3153 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3154 /// to the number of base elements. 3155 bool 3156 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3157 uint64_t &Members) const { 3158 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3159 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3160 if (NElements == 0) 3161 return false; 3162 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3163 return false; 3164 Members *= NElements; 3165 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3166 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3167 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3168 return false; 3169 3170 Members = 0; 3171 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3172 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3173 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3174 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3175 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3176 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3177 return false; 3178 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3179 } 3180 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3181 continue; 3182 3183 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3184 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3185 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3186 continue; 3187 3188 uint64_t FldMembers; 3189 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3190 return false; 3191 3192 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3193 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3194 } 3195 3196 if (!Base) 3197 return false; 3198 3199 // Ensure there is no padding. 3200 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3201 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3202 return false; 3203 } else { 3204 Members = 1; 3205 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3206 Members = 2; 3207 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3208 } 3209 3210 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3211 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3212 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3213 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 3214 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 3215 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3216 return false; 3217 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3218 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128) 3219 return false; 3220 } else { 3221 return false; 3222 } 3223 3224 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3225 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3226 // treated as being equivalent here. 3227 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3228 if (!Base) 3229 Base = TyPtr; 3230 3231 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3232 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3233 return false; 3234 } 3235 3236 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3237 // or two registers depending on their size. 3238 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : 3239 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3240 3241 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3242 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8); 3243 } 3244 3245 ABIArgInfo 3246 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3247 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3248 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3249 3250 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3251 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3252 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3253 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3254 if (Size > 128) 3255 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3256 else if (Size < 128) { 3257 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3258 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3259 } 3260 } 3261 3262 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3263 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3264 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3265 3266 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3267 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3268 3269 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3270 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3271 uint64_t Members = 0; 3272 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3273 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3274 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3275 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3276 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3277 } 3278 3279 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3280 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3281 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3282 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3283 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3284 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3285 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3286 3287 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3288 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3289 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3290 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3291 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3292 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3293 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3294 else { 3295 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3296 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3297 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3298 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3299 } 3300 3301 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3302 } 3303 3304 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3305 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3306 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3307 } 3308 3309 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3310 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3311 } 3312 3313 ABIArgInfo 3314 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3315 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3316 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3317 3318 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3319 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3320 3321 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3322 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3323 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3324 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3325 if (Size > 128) 3326 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3327 else if (Size < 128) { 3328 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3329 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3330 } 3331 } 3332 3333 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3334 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3335 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3336 uint64_t Members = 0; 3337 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3338 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3339 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3340 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3341 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3342 } 3343 3344 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3345 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3346 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3347 if (Bits == 0) 3348 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3349 3350 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3351 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3352 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3353 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL); 3354 } else 3355 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3356 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3357 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3358 } 3359 3360 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3361 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3362 } 3363 3364 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3365 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3366 } 3367 3368 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3369 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3370 QualType Ty, 3371 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3372 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3373 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3374 3375 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3376 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3377 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3378 3379 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3380 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3381 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3382 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3383 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3384 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3385 } 3386 3387 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3388 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3389 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3390 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3391 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3392 QualType BaseTy; 3393 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3394 3395 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3396 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3397 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3398 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3399 SizeInBytes = 16; 3400 } 3401 3402 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3403 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3404 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3405 "ap.next"); 3406 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3407 3408 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3409 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3410 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3411 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3412 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3413 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3414 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3415 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3416 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3417 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3418 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3419 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3420 } else { 3421 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3422 } 3423 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3424 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3425 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3426 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3427 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3428 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3429 "vacplx"); 3430 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3431 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3432 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3433 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3434 return Ptr; 3435 } 3436 3437 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3438 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3439 // correct offset. 3440 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3441 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3442 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3443 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3444 } 3445 3446 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3447 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3448 } 3449 3450 static bool 3451 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3452 llvm::Value *Address) { 3453 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3454 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3455 3456 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3457 3458 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3459 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3460 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3461 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3462 3463 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3464 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3465 3466 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3467 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3468 3469 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3470 // 64: mq 3471 // 65: lr 3472 // 66: ctr 3473 // 67: ap 3474 // 68-75 cr0-7 3475 // 76: xer 3476 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3477 3478 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3479 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3480 3481 // 109: vrsave 3482 // 110: vscr 3483 // 111: spe_acc 3484 // 112: spefscr 3485 // 113: sfp 3486 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3487 3488 return false; 3489 } 3490 3491 bool 3492 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3493 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3494 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3495 3496 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3497 } 3498 3499 bool 3500 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3501 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3502 3503 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3504 } 3505 3506 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3507 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3508 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3509 3510 namespace { 3511 3512 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3513 public: 3514 enum ABIKind { 3515 AAPCS = 0, 3516 DarwinPCS 3517 }; 3518 3519 private: 3520 ABIKind Kind; 3521 3522 public: 3523 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3524 3525 private: 3526 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3527 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3528 3529 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3530 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3531 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3532 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const; 3533 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3534 3535 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3536 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 3537 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far. 3538 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated 3539 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD 3540 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or 3541 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8. 3542 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0; 3543 3544 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number 3545 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into 3546 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be 3547 // partially in registers. 3548 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0; 3549 3550 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special 3551 // treatment with the Darwin ABI. 3552 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ? 3553 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() : 3554 FI.arg_size()); 3555 3556 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3557 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3558 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3559 it != ie; ++it) { 3560 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR; 3561 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3562 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8; 3563 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8; 3564 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) < 3565 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs)); 3566 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, 3567 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg); 3568 3569 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs 3570 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as 3571 // padding by the back end. 3572 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() && 3573 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) { 3574 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type); 3575 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64; 3576 3577 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3578 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots); 3579 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3580 } 3581 3582 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers 3583 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add 3584 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats. 3585 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) { 3586 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3587 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation); 3588 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy); 3589 } 3590 3591 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs 3592 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. 3593 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) { 3594 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3595 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR); 3596 it->info = 3597 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy); 3598 } 3599 } 3600 } 3601 3602 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3603 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3604 3605 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3606 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3607 3608 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3609 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3610 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3611 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3612 } 3613 }; 3614 3615 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3616 public: 3617 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3618 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3619 3620 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3621 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3622 } 3623 3624 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3625 3626 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3627 }; 3628 } 3629 3630 static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3631 ASTContext &Context, 3632 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr); 3633 3634 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 3635 unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3636 bool &IsHA, 3637 unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3638 bool &IsSmallAggr, 3639 bool IsNamedArg) const { 3640 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3641 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3642 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3643 if (Size <= 32) { 3644 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3645 AllocatedGPR++; 3646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3647 } 3648 if (Size == 64) { 3649 llvm::Type *ResType = 3650 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3651 AllocatedVFP++; 3652 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3653 } 3654 if (Size == 128) { 3655 llvm::Type *ResType = 3656 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3657 AllocatedVFP++; 3658 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3659 } 3660 AllocatedGPR++; 3661 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3662 } 3663 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3664 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128. 3665 AllocatedVFP++; 3666 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3667 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 3668 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3669 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3670 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3671 AllocatedVFP++; 3672 } 3673 3674 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3675 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3676 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3677 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3678 3679 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) { 3680 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3681 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3682 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3683 3684 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1; 3685 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded; 3686 } 3687 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3688 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3689 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3690 } 3691 3692 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3693 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3694 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3695 AllocatedGPR++; 3696 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3697 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3698 } 3699 3700 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3701 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3702 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3703 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3704 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3705 3706 ++AllocatedGPR; 3707 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3708 } 3709 3710 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3711 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3712 uint64_t Members = 0; 3713 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) { 3714 IsHA = true; 3715 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) { 3716 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack 3717 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles. 3718 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3719 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 3720 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3721 } 3722 AllocatedVFP += Members; 3723 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3724 } 3725 3726 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3727 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3728 if (Size <= 128) { 3729 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3730 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3731 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3732 3733 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3734 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64; 3735 IsSmallAggr = true; 3736 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3737 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3738 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3739 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3740 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3741 } 3742 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3743 } 3744 3745 AllocatedGPR++; 3746 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3747 } 3748 3749 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3750 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3751 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3752 3753 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3754 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3755 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3756 3757 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3758 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3759 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3760 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3761 3762 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3763 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3764 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3765 } 3766 3767 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3768 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3769 3770 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3771 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) 3772 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 3773 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3774 3775 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 3776 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3777 if (Size <= 128) { 3778 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3779 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3780 } 3781 3782 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3783 } 3784 3785 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 3786 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 3787 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3788 // Check whether VT is legal. 3789 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3790 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3791 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 3792 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 3793 return true; 3794 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 3795 } 3796 return false; 3797 } 3798 3799 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3800 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP, 3801 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 3802 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 3803 // Standard, section B.4: 3804 // 3805 // struct { 3806 // void *__stack; 3807 // void *__gr_top; 3808 // void *__vr_top; 3809 // int __gr_offs; 3810 // int __vr_offs; 3811 // }; 3812 3813 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 3814 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 3815 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 3816 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 3817 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 3818 3819 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 3820 int reg_top_index; 3821 int RegSize; 3822 if (AllocatedGPR) { 3823 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs"); 3824 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 3825 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 3826 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 3827 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 3828 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR; 3829 } else { 3830 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs"); 3831 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 3832 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 3833 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 3834 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 3835 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP; 3836 } 3837 3838 //======================================= 3839 // Find out where argument was passed 3840 //======================================= 3841 3842 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 3843 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 3844 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 3845 // whatever they get). 3846 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 3847 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 3848 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 3849 3850 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 3851 3852 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 3853 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 3854 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 3855 3856 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 3857 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 3858 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 3859 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3860 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3861 3862 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3863 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 3864 "align_regoffs"); 3865 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3866 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 3867 "aligned_regoffs"); 3868 } 3869 3870 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 3871 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 3872 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3873 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 3874 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 3875 3876 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 3877 // registers or not. 3878 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 3879 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 3880 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 3881 3882 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 3883 3884 //======================================= 3885 // Argument was in registers 3886 //======================================= 3887 3888 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 3889 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 3890 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 3891 3892 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 3893 reg_top_p = 3894 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 3895 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 3896 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 3897 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 3898 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 3899 3900 if (IsIndirect) { 3901 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 3902 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 3903 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 3904 } 3905 3906 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3907 uint64_t NumMembers; 3908 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers); 3909 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 3910 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 3911 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 3912 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 3913 // contiguously. 3914 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 3915 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3916 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 3917 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 3918 int Offset = 0; 3919 3920 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 3921 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 3922 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 3923 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 3924 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 3925 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 3926 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 3927 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 3928 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 3929 3930 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 3931 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 3932 } 3933 3934 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 3935 } else { 3936 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 3937 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 3938 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 3939 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 3940 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 3941 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3942 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3943 3944 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3945 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 3946 3947 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3948 } 3949 3950 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 3951 } 3952 3953 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3954 3955 //======================================= 3956 // Argument was on the stack 3957 //======================================= 3958 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 3959 3960 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 3961 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 3962 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 3963 3964 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 3965 // floating-point ones might be affected. 3966 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3967 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3968 3969 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3970 3971 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3972 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 3973 "align_stack"); 3974 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3975 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 3976 "align_stack"); 3977 3978 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3979 } 3980 3981 uint64_t StackSize; 3982 if (IsIndirect) 3983 StackSize = 8; 3984 else 3985 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3986 3987 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 3988 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 3989 3990 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 3991 llvm::Value *NewStack = 3992 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 3993 3994 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 3995 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 3996 3997 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 3998 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 3999 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4000 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4001 4002 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4003 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4004 4005 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4006 } 4007 4008 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4009 4010 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4011 4012 //======================================= 4013 // Tidy up 4014 //======================================= 4015 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4016 4017 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4018 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4019 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4020 4021 if (IsIndirect) 4022 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4023 4024 return ResAddr; 4025 } 4026 4027 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4028 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4029 4030 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0; 4031 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 4032 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR, 4033 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/); 4034 4035 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP, 4036 AI.isIndirect(), CGF); 4037 } 4038 4039 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4040 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4041 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4042 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4043 // other cases. 4044 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4045 return nullptr; 4046 4047 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4048 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4049 4050 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4051 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext()); 4052 4053 bool isIndirect = false; 4054 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4055 // be passed indirectly. 4056 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4057 isIndirect = true; 4058 Size = 8; 4059 Align = 8; 4060 } 4061 4062 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4063 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4064 4065 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4066 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4067 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4068 4069 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4070 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4071 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4072 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4073 } 4074 4075 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4076 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4077 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4078 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4079 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4080 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4081 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4082 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4083 } 4084 4085 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4086 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4087 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4088 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4089 4090 if (isIndirect) 4091 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4092 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4093 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4094 4095 return AddrTyped; 4096 } 4097 4098 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4099 // ARM ABI Implementation 4100 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4101 4102 namespace { 4103 4104 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4105 public: 4106 enum ABIKind { 4107 APCS = 0, 4108 AAPCS = 1, 4109 AAPCS_VFP 4110 }; 4111 4112 private: 4113 ABIKind Kind; 4114 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4115 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4116 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4117 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4118 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4119 4120 public: 4121 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4122 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4123 setRuntimeCC(); 4124 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4125 } 4126 4127 bool isEABI() const { 4128 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4129 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4130 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4131 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4132 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4133 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4134 return true; 4135 default: 4136 return false; 4137 } 4138 } 4139 4140 bool isEABIHF() const { 4141 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4142 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4143 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4144 return true; 4145 default: 4146 return false; 4147 } 4148 } 4149 4150 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4151 4152 private: 4153 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4154 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4155 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4156 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4157 4158 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4159 4160 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4161 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4162 4163 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4164 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4165 void setRuntimeCC(); 4166 4167 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4168 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4169 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4170 }; 4171 4172 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4173 public: 4174 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4175 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4176 4177 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4178 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4179 } 4180 4181 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4182 return 13; 4183 } 4184 4185 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4186 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4187 } 4188 4189 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4190 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4191 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4192 4193 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4194 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4195 return false; 4196 } 4197 4198 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4199 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4200 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4201 } 4202 4203 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4204 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4205 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4206 if (!FD) 4207 return; 4208 4209 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4210 if (!Attr) 4211 return; 4212 4213 const char *Kind; 4214 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4215 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4216 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4217 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4218 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4219 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4220 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4221 } 4222 4223 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4224 4225 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4226 4227 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4228 return; 4229 4230 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4231 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4232 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4233 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4234 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4235 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4236 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4237 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4238 B)); 4239 } 4240 4241 }; 4242 4243 } 4244 4245 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4246 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4247 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4248 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4249 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4250 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4251 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4252 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4253 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4254 4255 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4256 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4257 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4258 } else { 4259 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4260 } 4261 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4262 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4263 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4264 bool IsCPRC = false; 4265 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4266 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4267 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4268 4269 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4270 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4271 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4272 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4273 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4274 // unusable anyway. 4275 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4276 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4277 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4278 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4279 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4280 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4281 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4282 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4283 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4284 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4285 PaddingTy); 4286 } else { 4287 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4288 PaddingTy); 4289 } 4290 } 4291 } 4292 4293 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4294 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4295 return; 4296 4297 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4298 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4299 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4300 } 4301 4302 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4303 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4304 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4305 if (isEABIHF()) 4306 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4307 else if (isEABI()) 4308 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4309 else 4310 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4311 } 4312 4313 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4314 /// as the C calling convention. 4315 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4316 switch (getABIKind()) { 4317 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4318 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4319 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4320 } 4321 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4322 } 4323 4324 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() { 4325 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4326 4327 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4328 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4329 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4330 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4331 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4332 } 4333 4334 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous 4335 /// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements 4336 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the 4337 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types. 4338 static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 4339 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) { 4340 uint64_t Members = 0; 4341 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4342 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members)) 4343 return false; 4344 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4345 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4346 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4347 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4348 return false; 4349 4350 Members = 0; 4351 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 4352 uint64_t FldMembers; 4353 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers)) 4354 return false; 4355 4356 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 4357 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 4358 } 4359 } else { 4360 Members = 1; 4361 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4362 Members = 2; 4363 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 4364 } 4365 4366 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4367 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. 4368 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4369 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 4370 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 4371 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4372 return false; 4373 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4374 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 4375 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128) 4376 return false; 4377 } else { 4378 return false; 4379 } 4380 4381 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the 4382 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here. 4383 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 4384 if (!Base) 4385 Base = TyPtr; 4386 4387 if (Base != TyPtr) { 4388 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the 4389 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have 4390 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type: 4391 4392 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number 4393 // of their members. 4394 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType() 4395 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4396 4397 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same 4398 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS. 4399 const bool SameSizeDoubles = 4400 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) 4401 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)) 4402 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4403 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))) 4404 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4405 4406 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles) 4407 return false; 4408 } 4409 } 4410 4411 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type. 4412 if (HAMembers) 4413 *HAMembers = Members; 4414 4415 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4); 4416 } 4417 4418 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4419 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4420 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4421 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4422 // Early Exit. 4423 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4424 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4425 // the stack. 4426 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4427 return; 4428 } 4429 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4430 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4431 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4432 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4433 bool FoundSlot = true; 4434 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4435 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4436 FoundSlot = false; 4437 break; 4438 } 4439 if (FoundSlot) { 4440 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4441 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4442 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4443 return; 4444 } 4445 } 4446 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4447 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4448 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4449 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4450 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4451 } 4452 4453 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4454 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4455 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4456 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4457 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4458 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4459 4460 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4461 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4462 4463 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4464 } 4465 4466 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4467 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4468 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4469 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4470 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4471 } 4472 4473 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4474 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4475 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4476 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4477 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4478 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4479 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4480 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4481 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4482 // to four Elements. 4483 4484 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4485 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4486 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4487 if (Size <= 32) { 4488 llvm::Type *ResType = 4489 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4490 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4491 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4492 } 4493 if (Size == 64) { 4494 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4495 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4496 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4497 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4498 } else { 4499 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4500 IsCPRC = true; 4501 } 4502 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4503 } 4504 if (Size == 128) { 4505 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4506 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4507 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4508 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4509 } else { 4510 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4511 IsCPRC = true; 4512 } 4513 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4514 } 4515 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4516 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4517 } 4518 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4519 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4520 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4521 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4522 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4523 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4524 IsCPRC = true; 4525 } 4526 } 4527 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4528 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4529 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4530 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4531 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4532 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4533 IsCPRC = true; 4534 } 4535 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4536 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4537 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4538 IsCPRC = true; 4539 } 4540 } 4541 } 4542 4543 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4544 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4545 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4546 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4547 } 4548 4549 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4550 if (!IsCPRC) 4551 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4552 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4553 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4554 } 4555 4556 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4557 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4558 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4559 } 4560 4561 // Ignore empty records. 4562 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4563 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4564 4565 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4566 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4567 // into VFP registers. 4568 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4569 uint64_t Members = 0; 4570 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) { 4571 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4572 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4573 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4574 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4575 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4576 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4577 Members * ElementSize); 4578 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4579 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4580 else { 4581 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4582 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4583 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4584 } 4585 IsCPRC = true; 4586 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4587 } 4588 } 4589 4590 // Support byval for ARM. 4591 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4592 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4593 // than ABI alignment. 4594 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4595 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4596 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4597 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4598 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4599 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4600 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4601 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4602 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4603 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4604 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4605 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4606 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4607 } 4608 4609 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4610 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4611 unsigned SizeRegs; 4612 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4613 // we can. 4614 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4615 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4616 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4617 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4618 } else { 4619 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4620 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4621 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4622 } 4623 4624 llvm::Type *STy = 4625 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); 4626 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy); 4627 } 4628 4629 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4630 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4631 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4632 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4633 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4634 4635 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4636 4637 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4638 if (Size > 32) 4639 return false; 4640 4641 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4642 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4643 return false; 4644 4645 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4646 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4647 return false; 4648 4649 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4650 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4651 return true; 4652 4653 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4654 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4655 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4656 4657 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4658 // above, but they are not. 4659 4660 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4661 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4662 if (!RT) return false; 4663 4664 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4665 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4666 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4667 return false; 4668 4669 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4670 // like". 4671 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4672 4673 bool HadField = false; 4674 unsigned idx = 0; 4675 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4676 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4677 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4678 4679 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4680 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4681 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4682 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4683 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4684 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4685 HadField = true; 4686 4687 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4688 return false; 4689 4690 continue; 4691 } 4692 4693 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4694 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4695 return false; 4696 4697 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4698 return false; 4699 4700 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4701 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4702 // empty structure. 4703 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4704 if (HadField) 4705 return false; 4706 4707 HadField = true; 4708 } 4709 } 4710 4711 return true; 4712 } 4713 4714 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4715 bool isVariadic) const { 4716 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4717 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4718 4719 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4720 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4721 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4722 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4723 } 4724 4725 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4726 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4727 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4728 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4729 4730 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4731 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4732 } 4733 4734 // Are we following APCS? 4735 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4736 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4737 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4738 4739 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4740 // 4741 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4742 // correctly. 4743 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4744 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 4745 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4746 4747 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4748 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4749 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4750 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4751 if (Size <= 8) 4752 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4753 if (Size <= 16) 4754 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4755 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4756 } 4757 4758 // Otherwise return in memory. 4759 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4760 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4761 } 4762 4763 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4764 4765 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4766 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4767 4768 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4769 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4770 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4771 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) { 4772 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4773 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4774 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4775 } 4776 } 4777 4778 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4779 // are returned indirectly. 4780 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4781 if (Size <= 32) { 4782 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4783 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4784 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4785 4786 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4787 if (Size <= 8) 4788 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4789 if (Size <= 16) 4790 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4791 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4792 } 4793 4794 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4796 } 4797 4798 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4799 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4800 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4801 // Check whether VT is legal. 4802 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4803 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4804 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4805 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4806 return true; 4807 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4808 return Size <= 32; 4809 } 4810 return false; 4811 } 4812 4813 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4814 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4815 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4816 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4817 4818 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4819 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4820 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4821 4822 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4823 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4824 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4825 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4826 } 4827 4828 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4829 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4830 bool IsIndirect = false; 4831 4832 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4833 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4834 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4835 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4836 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4837 else 4838 TyAlign = 4; 4839 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4840 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4841 IsIndirect = true; 4842 Size = 4; 4843 TyAlign = 4; 4844 } 4845 4846 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4847 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4848 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4849 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4850 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4851 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4852 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4853 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4854 } 4855 4856 uint64_t Offset = 4857 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 4858 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 4859 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 4860 "ap.next"); 4861 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4862 4863 if (IsIndirect) 4864 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4865 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 4866 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 4867 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 4868 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 4869 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 4870 // than the ABI alignment. 4871 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 4872 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 4873 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 4874 "var.align"); 4875 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 4876 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 4877 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 4878 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 4879 TyAlign, false); 4880 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 4881 } 4882 llvm::Type *PTy = 4883 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4884 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4885 4886 return AddrTyped; 4887 } 4888 4889 namespace { 4890 4891 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4892 public: 4893 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4894 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 4895 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4896 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4897 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4898 private: 4899 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 4900 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 4901 }; 4902 4903 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4904 public: 4905 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4906 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 4907 }; 4908 4909 } 4910 4911 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4912 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 4913 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 4914 else 4915 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 4916 } 4917 4918 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4919 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4920 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 4921 // is unsupported. 4922 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 4923 } 4924 4925 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4926 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 4927 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4928 4929 namespace { 4930 4931 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4932 public: 4933 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4934 4935 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4936 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4937 4938 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4939 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4940 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 4941 }; 4942 4943 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4944 public: 4945 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4946 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 4947 4948 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4949 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 4950 private: 4951 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 4952 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 4953 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 4954 }; 4955 4956 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4957 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4958 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4959 4960 // note: this is different from default ABI 4961 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 4962 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4963 4964 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4965 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4966 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4967 4968 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4969 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4970 } 4971 4972 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 4973 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4974 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 4975 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4976 4977 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4978 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4979 } 4980 4981 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4982 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 4983 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 4984 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 4985 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 4986 4987 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4988 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4989 return; 4990 4991 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 4992 } 4993 4994 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4995 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 4996 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 4997 } 4998 4999 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5000 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5001 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5002 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5003 if (!FD) return; 5004 5005 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5006 5007 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5008 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5009 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5010 // By default, all functions are device functions 5011 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5012 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5013 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5014 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5015 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5016 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5017 } 5018 } 5019 5020 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5021 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5022 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5023 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5024 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5025 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5026 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5027 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5028 } 5029 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5030 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5031 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5032 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5033 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5034 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5035 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5036 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5037 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5038 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5039 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5040 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5041 } 5042 } 5043 } 5044 } 5045 5046 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5047 int Operand) { 5048 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5049 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5050 5051 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5052 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5053 5054 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = { 5055 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5056 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)}; 5057 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5058 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5059 } 5060 } 5061 5062 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5063 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5064 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5065 5066 namespace { 5067 5068 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5069 public: 5070 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5071 5072 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5073 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5074 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5075 5076 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5077 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5078 5079 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5080 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5081 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5082 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5083 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5084 } 5085 5086 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5087 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5088 }; 5089 5090 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5091 public: 5092 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5093 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5094 }; 5095 5096 } 5097 5098 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5099 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5100 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5101 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5102 5103 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5104 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5105 return true; 5106 5107 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5108 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5109 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5110 case BuiltinType::Int: 5111 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5112 return true; 5113 default: 5114 return false; 5115 } 5116 return false; 5117 } 5118 5119 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5120 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5121 } 5122 5123 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5124 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5125 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5126 case BuiltinType::Float: 5127 case BuiltinType::Double: 5128 return true; 5129 default: 5130 return false; 5131 } 5132 5133 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5134 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5135 bool Found = false; 5136 5137 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5138 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5139 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5140 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5141 5142 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5143 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5144 continue; 5145 5146 if (Found) 5147 return false; 5148 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5149 if (!Found) 5150 return false; 5151 } 5152 5153 // Check the fields. 5154 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5155 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5156 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5157 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5158 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5159 return true; 5160 5161 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5162 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5163 if (Found) 5164 return false; 5165 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5166 if (!Found) 5167 return false; 5168 } 5169 5170 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5171 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5172 return Found; 5173 } 5174 5175 return false; 5176 } 5177 5178 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5179 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5180 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5181 // struct { 5182 // i64 __gpr; 5183 // i64 __fpr; 5184 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5185 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5186 // }; 5187 5188 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5189 // GPRs or FPRs. 5190 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5191 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5192 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5193 5194 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5195 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5196 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5197 if (IsIndirect) { 5198 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5199 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5200 } else 5201 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5202 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5203 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5204 5205 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5206 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5207 5208 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5209 if (InFPRs) { 5210 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5211 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5212 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5213 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5214 } else { 5215 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5216 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5217 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5218 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5219 } 5220 5221 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5222 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5223 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5224 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5225 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5226 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5227 "fits_in_regs"); 5228 5229 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5230 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5231 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5232 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5233 5234 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5235 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5236 5237 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5238 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5239 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5240 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5241 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5242 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5243 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5244 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5245 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5246 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5247 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5248 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5249 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5250 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5251 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5252 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5253 5254 // Update the register count 5255 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5256 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5257 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5258 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5259 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5260 5261 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5262 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5263 5264 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5265 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5266 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5267 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5268 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5269 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5270 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5271 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5272 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5273 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5274 5275 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5276 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5277 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5278 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5279 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5280 5281 // Return the appropriate result. 5282 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5283 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5284 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5285 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5286 5287 if (IsIndirect) 5288 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5289 5290 return ResAddr; 5291 } 5292 5293 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5294 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5295 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5296 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5297 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5298 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5299 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5300 } 5301 5302 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5303 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5304 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5305 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5306 5307 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5308 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5309 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5310 5311 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5312 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5313 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5314 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5315 5316 // Handle small structures. 5317 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5318 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5319 // fail the size test above. 5320 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5321 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5322 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5323 5324 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5325 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5326 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5327 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5328 if (Size == 32) 5329 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5330 else 5331 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5332 } else 5333 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5334 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5335 } 5336 5337 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5338 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5339 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5340 5341 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5342 } 5343 5344 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5345 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5346 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5347 5348 namespace { 5349 5350 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5351 public: 5352 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5353 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5354 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5355 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5356 }; 5357 5358 } 5359 5360 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5361 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5362 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5363 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5364 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5365 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5366 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5367 5368 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5369 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5370 5371 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5372 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5373 5374 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5375 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5376 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5377 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5378 } 5379 } 5380 } 5381 5382 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5383 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5384 // big-endian variants. 5385 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5386 5387 namespace { 5388 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5389 bool IsO32; 5390 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5391 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5392 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5393 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5394 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5395 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5396 public: 5397 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5398 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5399 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5400 5401 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5402 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5403 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5404 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5405 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5406 }; 5407 5408 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5409 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5410 public: 5411 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5412 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5413 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5414 5415 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5416 return 29; 5417 } 5418 5419 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5420 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5421 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5422 if (!FD) return; 5423 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5424 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5425 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5426 } 5427 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5428 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5429 } 5430 } 5431 5432 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5433 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5434 5435 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5436 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5437 } 5438 }; 5439 } 5440 5441 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5442 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5443 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5444 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5445 5446 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5447 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5448 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5449 5450 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5451 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5452 5453 if (R) 5454 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5455 } 5456 5457 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5458 // a register. 5459 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5460 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5461 5462 if (IsO32) { 5463 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5464 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5465 } 5466 5467 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5468 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5469 5470 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5471 5472 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5473 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5474 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5475 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5476 } 5477 5478 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5479 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5480 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5481 5482 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5483 unsigned idx = 0; 5484 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5485 5486 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5487 // double fields. 5488 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5489 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5490 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5491 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5492 5493 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5494 continue; 5495 5496 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5497 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5498 continue; 5499 5500 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5501 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5502 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5503 5504 // Add double type. 5505 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5506 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5507 } 5508 5509 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5510 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5511 5512 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5513 } 5514 5515 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5516 uint64_t Offset) const { 5517 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5518 return nullptr; 5519 5520 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5521 } 5522 5523 ABIArgInfo 5524 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5525 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5526 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5527 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5528 5529 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5530 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5531 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5532 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5533 5534 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5535 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5536 if (TySize == 0) 5537 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5538 5539 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5540 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5541 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5542 } 5543 5544 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5545 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5546 // aggregate is unaligned. 5547 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5548 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5549 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5550 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5551 return ArgInfo; 5552 } 5553 5554 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5555 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5556 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5557 5558 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width. 5559 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 5560 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5561 5562 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5563 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5564 } 5565 5566 llvm::Type* 5567 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5568 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5569 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5570 5571 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5572 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5573 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5574 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5575 5576 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5577 // following conditions are met: 5578 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5579 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5580 // point types. 5581 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5582 // 5583 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5584 // 5585 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5586 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5587 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5588 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5589 5590 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5591 break; 5592 5593 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5594 } 5595 5596 if (b == e) 5597 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5598 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5599 5600 RTList.clear(); 5601 } 5602 } 5603 5604 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5605 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5606 } 5607 5608 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5609 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5610 5611 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5612 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5613 5614 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5615 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5616 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5617 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5618 5619 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5620 if (Size <= 128) { 5621 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5622 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5623 5624 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5625 // aggregates in registers.. 5626 if (!IsO32 || 5627 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5628 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5629 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5630 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5631 return ArgInfo; 5632 } 5633 } 5634 5635 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5636 } 5637 5638 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5639 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5640 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5641 5642 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5643 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5644 } 5645 5646 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5647 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5648 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5649 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5650 5651 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5652 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5653 5654 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5655 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5656 } 5657 5658 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5659 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5660 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5661 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5662 5663 // Integer arguments are promoted 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64. 5664 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64; 5665 if (Ty->isIntegerType() && 5666 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) { 5667 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits, 5668 Ty->isSignedIntegerType()); 5669 } 5670 5671 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5672 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5673 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5674 int64_t TypeAlign = 5675 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5676 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5677 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5678 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5679 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5680 5681 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5682 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5683 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5684 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5685 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5686 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5687 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5688 } 5689 else 5690 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5691 5692 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5693 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5694 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5695 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign); 5696 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5697 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5698 "ap.next"); 5699 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5700 5701 return AddrTyped; 5702 } 5703 5704 bool 5705 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5706 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5707 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5708 // as canonical as it gets. 5709 5710 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5711 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5712 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5713 5714 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5715 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5716 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5717 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5718 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5719 5720 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5721 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5722 5723 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5724 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5725 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5726 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5727 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5728 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5729 return false; 5730 } 5731 5732 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5733 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5734 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5735 // handling. 5736 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5737 5738 namespace { 5739 5740 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5741 public: 5742 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5743 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5744 5745 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5746 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5747 }; 5748 5749 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5750 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5751 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5752 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5753 if (!FD) return; 5754 5755 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5756 5757 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5758 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5759 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5760 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5761 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5762 if (Attr) { 5763 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5764 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5765 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5766 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5767 5768 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; 5769 Operands.push_back(F); 5770 5771 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5772 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))); 5773 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5774 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))); 5775 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5776 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))); 5777 5778 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5779 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5780 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5781 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); 5782 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5783 } 5784 } 5785 } 5786 } 5787 5788 } 5789 5790 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5791 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5792 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5793 5794 namespace { 5795 5796 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5797 5798 5799 public: 5800 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5801 5802 private: 5803 5804 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5805 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5806 5807 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5808 5809 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5810 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5811 }; 5812 5813 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5814 public: 5815 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5816 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5817 5818 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5819 return 29; 5820 } 5821 }; 5822 5823 } 5824 5825 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5826 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5827 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5828 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5829 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5830 } 5831 5832 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5833 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5834 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5835 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5836 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5837 5838 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5839 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5840 } 5841 5842 // Ignore empty records. 5843 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5844 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5845 5846 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5847 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5848 5849 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5850 if (Size > 64) 5851 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5852 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 5853 else if (Size > 32) 5854 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5855 else if (Size > 16) 5856 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5857 else if (Size > 8) 5858 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5859 else 5860 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5861 } 5862 5863 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5864 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5865 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5866 5867 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5868 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5869 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5870 5871 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5872 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5873 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5874 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5875 5876 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5877 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5878 } 5879 5880 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5881 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5882 5883 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5884 // are returned indirectly. 5885 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5886 if (Size <= 64) { 5887 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5888 if (Size <= 8) 5889 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5890 if (Size <= 16) 5891 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5892 if (Size <= 32) 5893 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5894 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5895 } 5896 5897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5898 } 5899 5900 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5901 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5902 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 5903 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5904 5905 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5906 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 5907 "ap"); 5908 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5909 llvm::Type *PTy = 5910 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5911 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5912 5913 uint64_t Offset = 5914 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 5915 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5916 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5917 "ap.next"); 5918 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5919 5920 return AddrTyped; 5921 } 5922 5923 5924 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5925 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 5926 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 5927 // 5928 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 5929 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 5930 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 5931 // 5932 // One case requires special care: 5933 // 5934 // struct mixed { 5935 // int i; 5936 // float f; 5937 // }; 5938 // 5939 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 5940 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 5941 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 5942 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 5943 // 5944 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 5945 // 5946 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 5947 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 5948 // bytes. 5949 // 5950 namespace { 5951 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5952 public: 5953 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5954 5955 private: 5956 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 5957 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5958 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5959 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5960 5961 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 5962 // serves two purposes: 5963 // 5964 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 5965 // in registers. 5966 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 5967 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 5968 // 5969 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 5970 // aligned 32-bit floats. 5971 // 5972 struct CoerceBuilder { 5973 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 5974 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 5975 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 5976 uint64_t Size; 5977 bool InReg; 5978 5979 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 5980 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 5981 5982 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 5983 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 5984 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 5985 if (ToSize == Size) 5986 return; 5987 5988 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 5989 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 5990 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 5991 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 5992 Size = Aligned; 5993 } 5994 5995 // Add whole 64-bit words. 5996 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 5997 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 5998 Size += 64; 5999 } 6000 6001 // Final in-word padding. 6002 if (Size < ToSize) { 6003 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6004 Size = ToSize; 6005 } 6006 } 6007 6008 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6009 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6010 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6011 if (Offset % Bits) 6012 return; 6013 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6014 if (Bits < 64) 6015 InReg = true; 6016 pad(Offset); 6017 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6018 Size = Offset + Bits; 6019 } 6020 6021 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6022 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6023 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6024 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6025 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6026 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6027 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6028 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6029 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6030 break; 6031 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6032 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6033 break; 6034 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6035 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6036 break; 6037 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6038 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6039 break; 6040 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6041 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6042 pad(ElemOffset); 6043 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6044 Size += 64; 6045 } 6046 break; 6047 default: 6048 break; 6049 } 6050 } 6051 } 6052 6053 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6054 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6055 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 6056 return false; 6057 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 6058 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 6059 return false; 6060 return true; 6061 } 6062 6063 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6064 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6065 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6066 return Elems.front(); 6067 else 6068 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6069 } 6070 }; 6071 }; 6072 } // end anonymous namespace 6073 6074 ABIArgInfo 6075 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6076 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6077 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6078 6079 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6080 6081 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6082 // pointer / sret pointer. 6083 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6084 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6085 6086 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6087 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6088 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6089 6090 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6091 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6092 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6093 6094 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6095 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6096 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6097 6098 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6099 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6100 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6101 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6102 6103 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6104 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6105 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6106 if (!StrTy) 6107 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6108 6109 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6110 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6111 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6112 6113 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6114 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6115 6116 if (CB.InReg) 6117 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6118 else 6119 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6120 } 6121 6122 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6123 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6124 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6125 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6126 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6127 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6128 6129 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6130 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6131 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6132 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6133 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6134 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6135 unsigned Stride; 6136 6137 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6138 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6139 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6140 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6141 6142 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6143 Stride = 8; 6144 ArgAddr = Builder 6145 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6146 "extend"); 6147 break; 6148 6149 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6150 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6151 ArgAddr = Addr; 6152 break; 6153 6154 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6155 Stride = 8; 6156 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6157 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6158 "indirect"); 6159 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6160 break; 6161 6162 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6163 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6164 } 6165 6166 // Update VAList. 6167 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6168 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6169 6170 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6171 } 6172 6173 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6174 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6175 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6176 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6177 } 6178 6179 namespace { 6180 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6181 public: 6182 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6183 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6184 6185 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6186 return 14; 6187 } 6188 6189 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6190 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6191 }; 6192 } // end anonymous namespace 6193 6194 bool 6195 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6196 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6197 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6198 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6199 6200 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6201 6202 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6203 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6204 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6205 6206 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6207 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6208 6209 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6210 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6211 6212 // Y = 64 6213 // PSR = 65 6214 // WIM = 66 6215 // TBR = 67 6216 // PC = 68 6217 // NPC = 69 6218 // FSR = 70 6219 // CSR = 71 6220 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6221 6222 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6223 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6224 6225 return false; 6226 } 6227 6228 6229 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6230 // XCore ABI Implementation 6231 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6232 6233 namespace { 6234 6235 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6236 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6237 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6238 6239 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6240 /// 6241 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6242 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6243 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6244 /// 6245 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6246 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6247 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6248 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6249 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6250 /// Recursive type encoding. 6251 /// 6252 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6253 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6254 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6255 /// the type is encountered. 6256 /// 6257 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6258 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6259 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6260 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6261 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6262 /// 6263 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6264 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6265 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6266 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6267 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6268 /// 6269 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6270 /// 6271 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6272 /// cached encoding is used; 6273 /// 6274 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6275 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6276 /// 6277 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6278 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6279 /// 6280 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6281 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6282 /// it is swapped back in; 6283 /// 6284 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6285 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6286 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6287 /// 6288 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6289 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6290 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6291 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6292 /// 6293 class TypeStringCache { 6294 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6295 struct Entry { 6296 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6297 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6298 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6299 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6300 }; 6301 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6302 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6303 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6304 public: 6305 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6306 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6307 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6308 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6309 bool IsRecursive); 6310 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6311 }; 6312 6313 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6314 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6315 class FieldEncoding { 6316 bool HasName; 6317 std::string Enc; 6318 public: 6319 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6320 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6321 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6322 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6323 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6324 } 6325 }; 6326 6327 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6328 public: 6329 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6330 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6331 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6332 }; 6333 6334 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6335 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6336 public: 6337 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6338 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6339 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6340 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6341 }; 6342 6343 } // End anonymous namespace. 6344 6345 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6346 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6347 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6348 6349 // Get the VAList. 6350 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6351 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6352 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6353 6354 // Handle the argument. 6355 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6356 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6357 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6358 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6359 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6360 llvm::Value *Val; 6361 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6362 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6363 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6364 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6365 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6366 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6367 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6368 ArgSize = 0; 6369 break; 6370 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6371 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6372 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6373 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6374 if (ArgSize < 4) 6375 ArgSize = 4; 6376 break; 6377 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6378 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6379 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6380 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6381 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6382 ArgSize = 4; 6383 break; 6384 } 6385 6386 // Increment the VAList. 6387 if (ArgSize) { 6388 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6389 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6390 } 6391 return Val; 6392 } 6393 6394 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6395 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6396 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6397 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6398 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6399 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6400 std::string StubEnc) { 6401 if (!ID) 6402 return; 6403 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6404 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6405 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6406 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6407 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6408 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6409 E.State = Incomplete; 6410 ++IncompleteCount; 6411 } 6412 6413 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6414 /// must be removed from the cache. 6415 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6416 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6417 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6418 if (!ID) 6419 return false; 6420 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6421 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6422 Entry &E = I->second; 6423 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6424 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6425 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6426 bool IsRecursive = false; 6427 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6428 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6429 IsRecursive = true; 6430 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6431 } 6432 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6433 Map.erase(I); 6434 else { 6435 // Swap the Recursive back. 6436 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6437 E.Swapped.clear(); 6438 E.State = Recursive; 6439 } 6440 --IncompleteCount; 6441 return IsRecursive; 6442 } 6443 6444 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6445 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6446 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6447 bool IsRecursive) { 6448 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6449 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6450 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6451 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6452 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6453 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6454 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6455 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6456 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6457 return; 6458 } 6459 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6460 E.Str = Str.str(); 6461 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6462 } 6463 6464 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6465 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6466 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6467 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6468 if (!ID) 6469 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6470 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6471 if (I == Map.end()) 6472 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6473 Entry &E = I->second; 6474 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6475 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6476 6477 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6478 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6479 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6480 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6481 } 6482 return E.Str.c_str(); 6483 } 6484 6485 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6486 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6487 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6488 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6489 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6490 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6491 /// 6492 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6493 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6494 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6495 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6496 /// 6497 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6498 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6499 6500 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6501 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6502 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6503 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6504 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6505 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6506 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals; 6507 MDVals.push_back(GV); 6508 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6509 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6510 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6511 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6512 } 6513 } 6514 6515 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6516 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6517 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6518 6519 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6520 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6521 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6522 const RecordDecl *RD, 6523 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6524 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6525 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end(); 6526 I != E; ++I) { 6527 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6528 Enc += "m("; 6529 Enc += I->getName(); 6530 Enc += "){"; 6531 if (I->isBitField()) { 6532 Enc += "b("; 6533 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6534 OS.resync(); 6535 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6536 OS.flush(); 6537 Enc += ':'; 6538 } 6539 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6540 return false; 6541 if (I->isBitField()) 6542 Enc += ')'; 6543 Enc += '}'; 6544 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6545 } 6546 return true; 6547 } 6548 6549 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6550 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6551 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6552 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6553 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6554 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6555 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6556 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6557 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6558 Enc += TypeString; 6559 return true; 6560 } 6561 6562 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6563 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6564 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6565 Enc += '('; 6566 if (ID) 6567 Enc += ID->getName(); 6568 Enc += "){"; 6569 6570 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6571 bool IsRecursive = false; 6572 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6573 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6574 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6575 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6576 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6577 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6578 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6579 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6580 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6581 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6582 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6583 return false; 6584 } 6585 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6586 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6587 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6588 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6589 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6590 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6591 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6592 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6593 if (I) 6594 Enc += ','; 6595 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6596 } 6597 } 6598 Enc += '}'; 6599 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6600 return true; 6601 } 6602 6603 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6604 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6605 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6606 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6607 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6608 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6609 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6610 Enc += TypeString; 6611 return true; 6612 } 6613 6614 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6615 Enc += "e("; 6616 if (ID) 6617 Enc += ID->getName(); 6618 Enc += "){"; 6619 6620 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6621 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6622 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6623 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6624 ++I) { 6625 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6626 EnumEnc += "m("; 6627 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6628 EnumEnc += "){"; 6629 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6630 EnumEnc += '}'; 6631 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6632 } 6633 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6634 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6635 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6636 if (I) 6637 Enc += ','; 6638 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6639 } 6640 } 6641 Enc += '}'; 6642 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6643 return true; 6644 } 6645 6646 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6647 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6648 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6649 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6650 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6651 int Lookup = 0; 6652 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6653 Lookup += 1<<0; 6654 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6655 Lookup += 1<<1; 6656 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6657 Lookup += 1<<2; 6658 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6659 } 6660 6661 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6662 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6663 const char *EncType; 6664 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6665 case BuiltinType::Void: 6666 EncType = "0"; 6667 break; 6668 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6669 EncType = "b"; 6670 break; 6671 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6672 EncType = "uc"; 6673 break; 6674 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6675 EncType = "uc"; 6676 break; 6677 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6678 EncType = "sc"; 6679 break; 6680 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6681 EncType = "us"; 6682 break; 6683 case BuiltinType::Short: 6684 EncType = "ss"; 6685 break; 6686 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6687 EncType = "ui"; 6688 break; 6689 case BuiltinType::Int: 6690 EncType = "si"; 6691 break; 6692 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6693 EncType = "ul"; 6694 break; 6695 case BuiltinType::Long: 6696 EncType = "sl"; 6697 break; 6698 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6699 EncType = "ull"; 6700 break; 6701 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6702 EncType = "sll"; 6703 break; 6704 case BuiltinType::Float: 6705 EncType = "ft"; 6706 break; 6707 case BuiltinType::Double: 6708 EncType = "d"; 6709 break; 6710 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6711 EncType = "ld"; 6712 break; 6713 default: 6714 return false; 6715 } 6716 Enc += EncType; 6717 return true; 6718 } 6719 6720 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6721 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6722 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6723 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6724 Enc += "p("; 6725 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6726 return false; 6727 Enc += ')'; 6728 return true; 6729 } 6730 6731 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6732 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6733 const ArrayType *AT, 6734 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6735 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6736 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6737 return false; 6738 Enc += "a("; 6739 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6740 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6741 else 6742 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6743 Enc += ':'; 6744 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6745 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6746 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6747 return false; 6748 Enc += ')'; 6749 return true; 6750 } 6751 6752 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6753 /// and the arguments. 6754 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6755 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6756 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6757 Enc += "f{"; 6758 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6759 return false; 6760 Enc += "}("; 6761 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6762 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6763 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6764 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6765 if (I != E) { 6766 do { 6767 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6768 return false; 6769 ++I; 6770 if (I != E) 6771 Enc += ','; 6772 } while (I != E); 6773 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6774 Enc += ",va"; 6775 } else { 6776 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6777 Enc += "va"; 6778 else 6779 Enc += '0'; 6780 } 6781 } 6782 Enc += ')'; 6783 return true; 6784 } 6785 6786 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6787 /// type encodings. 6788 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6789 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6790 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6791 6792 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6793 6794 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 6795 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6796 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6797 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 6798 6799 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6800 6801 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 6802 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 6803 6804 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 6805 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 6806 6807 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 6808 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6809 6810 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 6811 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6812 6813 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 6814 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6815 6816 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 6817 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 6818 6819 return false; 6820 } 6821 6822 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6823 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6824 if (!D) 6825 return false; 6826 6827 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6828 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6829 return false; 6830 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 6831 } 6832 6833 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6834 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6835 return false; 6836 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 6837 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 6838 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 6839 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6840 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6841 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 6842 } 6843 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 6844 } 6845 return false; 6846 } 6847 6848 6849 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6850 // Driver code 6851 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6852 6853 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 6854 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 6855 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6856 6857 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 6858 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 6859 default: 6860 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6861 6862 case llvm::Triple::le32: 6863 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6864 case llvm::Triple::mips: 6865 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 6866 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 6867 6868 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 6869 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 6870 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 6871 6872 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 6873 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: 6874 case llvm::Triple::arm64: 6875 case llvm::Triple::arm64_be: { 6876 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 6877 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 6878 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 6879 6880 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6881 } 6882 6883 case llvm::Triple::arm: 6884 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 6885 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 6886 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 6887 { 6888 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 6889 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 6890 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 6891 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 6892 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 6893 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 6894 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 6895 6896 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6897 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6898 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6899 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6900 default: 6901 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6902 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6903 } 6904 } 6905 6906 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 6907 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6908 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 6909 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 6910 // FIXME: Should be switchable via command-line option. 6911 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6912 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6913 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6914 } else 6915 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6916 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 6917 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 6918 // FIXME: Should be switchable via command-line option. 6919 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6920 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6921 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6922 } 6923 6924 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 6925 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 6926 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6927 6928 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 6929 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6930 6931 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 6932 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6933 6934 case llvm::Triple::tce: 6935 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6936 6937 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 6938 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 6939 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 6940 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 6941 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment(); 6942 6943 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 6944 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6945 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6946 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6947 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6948 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6949 } else { 6950 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6951 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6952 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6953 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6954 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6955 } 6956 } 6957 6958 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 6959 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 6960 6961 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6962 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 6963 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6964 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6965 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6966 HasAVX)); 6967 default: 6968 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6969 HasAVX)); 6970 } 6971 } 6972 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 6973 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6974 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 6975 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6976 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 6977 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6978 } 6979 } 6980